Canon | PIXMA TS8340 | User manual | Canon PIXMA TS8340 User manual

Canon PIXMA TS8340 User manual
TS8300 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
Basic Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Printing Photos from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Printing Photos from Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
Printing a Disc Label from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Copying a Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Network Connection Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Multi-purpose Tray, Memory Card, etc..
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76
77
Paper Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Loading Paper in the Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Placing Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Before Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Removing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Removing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Loading Originals on Platen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Before Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120
Removing the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
130
131
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
137
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Aligning the Print Head Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Adjusting Print Head Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
153
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
168
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
191
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
192
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Checking that Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
196
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
198
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Using the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
206
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
210
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
211
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
216
Other device settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Before Printing on Art Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
245
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Adding Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
How to Open Printer Settings Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Printing Photo Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
268
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Disc Label Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Copying Label Side of Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Scanning from Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
295
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
312
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Power Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Wi-Fi Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Wireless Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Network Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
328
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 336
Other Network Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Checking Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
342
343
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Ink Does Not Come Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Cannot Print on the Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines. . . . . . . . . . 360
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
364
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Scanning Problems (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Scanner Driver Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
372
Error Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Scanning Does Not Start / Scanning Does Not Complete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Items Cannot Be Scanned Correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Wrong Language Appears in Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
383
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
388
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
393
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
1303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
1304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
1313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Paper is Not in the Cassette (1003). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
1013. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
2113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Using Online Manual
Operating Environment
Symbols Used in This Document
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
Printing Online Manual
Trademarks and Licenses
Screenshots in This Manual
10
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
11
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
12
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad,
iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
• USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
13
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any
modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity
authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
14
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as
stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent
litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the
Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that
You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at
least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
15
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) ----Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
16
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) ----Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
17
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
18
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz <bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
19
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
20
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
----------------------------------------------------------Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
21
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <joel@OARcorp.com>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
22
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
---------------------------2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
23
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all
encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The
FreeType Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
-------------Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
24
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
-------------THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
----------------This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
-------------Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
----------There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o freetype@nongnu.org
25
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT --The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties of
merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
26
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS,"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
27
Basic Operation
Printing Photos from a Computer
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
Copying
Printing Photos from Memory Card
Printing a Disc Label from a Computer
Copying a Disc Label
28
Printing Photos from a Computer
This section describes how to print photos with Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
1. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
4. Load photo paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
29
5. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
6. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
30
7. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
8. Start Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For Windows:
The procedure below is for a computer running the Windows 10 operating system.
From the Start menu, select (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For macOS:
From the Go menu in Finder, select Application and double-click the Canon Utilities folder, the EasyPhotoPrint Editor folder, and then the Easy-PhotoPrint Editor icon.
9. Click Photos icon (E).
10. Click Browse (F) in Computer: and select folder with photos you want to print.
31
11. Click photos (G) you want to print and select Open (H).
For Windows:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key.
For macOS:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key.
12. Specify number of copies and other options under Print Settings (I).
For Windows:
Specify the number of copies, your model name, the paper size, and other options.
For macOS:
Specify the number of copies, the paper size, and other options.
Note
• Selecting Same No. of each photo enables you to specify the number of copies for all photos
with a single setting.
• Selecting Same No. of each photo disables the number-of-copies setting specified for each
photo. When unchecked, the previous settings for each copy are re-enabled.
the number of copies is also re-enabled.
13. Start printing.
32
for specifying
For Windows:
Click Print (J).
For macOS:
Click Next. When the Print dialog appears, specify your model name, paper, and other options, and then
click Print.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will
start.
Note
• Easy-PhotoPrint Editor lets you easily create and print original collages, cards, or calendars using your
favorite photos.
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
33
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
This section describes how to print photos with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
For details on how to download Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, see below.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
1. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
4. Load photo paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
34
5. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
6. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
35
7. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
8. Start
(Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY) from your smartphone/tablet.
9. Select Photo Print on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
The list of photos saved on your smartphone/tablet is displayed.
10. Select a photo.
You can also select multiple photos at once.
11. Specify the number of copies, paper size, etc.
12. Start printing.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will
start.
36
Copying
This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper loaded in the cassette.
1. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
2. Remove the cassette cover (B).
3. Slide paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right to open guides.
4. Load plain paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.
37
5. Align paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right with paper length and width.
6. Mount cassette cover (B) and insert cassette into printer.
38
7. Select
Copy (E) on HOME screen.
8. Select
Standard copy.
9. Open document cover (F).
10. Load original WITH SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with alignment mark (G).
11. Close the document cover.
12. Check paper settings and tap Black (H) or Color (I).
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then copying will
start.
39
Important
• Do not open the document cover until copying is complete.
Note
• Your printer is equipped with many other convenient copy features.
Copying
40
Printing Photos from Memory Card
This section describes how to print photos on a memory card.
1. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
4. Load photo paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
41
5. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
6. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
42
7. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
8. Insert the memory card.
* The figure below shows the SD/SDHC/SDXC memory card as an example.
Note
• For details on inserting memory cards other than SD/SDHC/SDXC, see below.
Inserting the Memory Card
9. Flick right and left through the photos (E) and select one.
10. Check paper settings and tap Color (F).
43
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will
start.
Important
• Do not remove the memory card during printing. Data on the memory card may be damaged.
Note
• Your printer is equipped with many other convenient photo print features.
Printing Photo Data
44
Printing a Disc Label from a Computer
This section describes how to print photos on a printable disc with Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
Important
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. Start Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For Windows:
The procedure below is for a computer running the Windows 10 operating system.
From the Start menu, select (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For macOS:
From the Go menu in Finder, select Application and double-click the Canon Utilities folder, the EasyPhotoPrint Editor folder, and then the Easy-PhotoPrint Editor icon.
2. Click Disc Labels icon (A).
3. Select template (B).
45
4. Select type of printable disc (C) and select Next (D).
5. Click Browse (E) in Computer: and select folder with photos you want to print.
6. Click photos (F) you want to print and select Open (G).
7. Edit disc label and select Next (H).
You can change the background or add texts.
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
46
8. Open operation panel (I) until horizontal.
9. Specify number of copies and other options under Print Settings (J).
For Windows:
Specify the number of copies, your printer name, and other options.
For macOS:
Specify the number of copies and other options.
10. Start printing.
For Windows:
Click Print (K).
For macOS:
Click Next. When the Print dialog appears, specify your model name and other options, and then click
Print.
47
11. When message prompting you to load printable disc appears on printer's touch screen, take
out multi-purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment (L).
12. Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (M) at bottom.
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (N).
48
13. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
14. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow (
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow (
) on multi-purpose
) on multi-purpose tray.
15. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
The multi-purpose tray is drawn into the printer and printing will start.
16. After printing is complete, pull multi-purpose tray from printer to remove it.
49
17. While pressing down lock (M), take out printable disc from slits (N) on multi-purpose tray,
and remove it.
Note
• Easy-PhotoPrint Editor enables you to print photos onto the disc label with various layouts.
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
50
Copying a Disc Label
This section describes how to copy the label of an existing disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) and print it onto a
printable disc.
1. Select
Copy (A) on the HOME screen.
2. Select
Disc label copy (B).
3. Check message and select OK.
4. Specify the print area of the printable disc as necessary.
Select Outer circle or Inner circle (C), specify the print area, then select OK (D).
51
5. Specify the amount of ink (E).
If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.
6. Open the document cover (F).
7. Load copy source (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) WITH ITS LABEL SIDE DOWN on platen.
8. Close the document cover.
9. Select OK on the touch screen.
10. Open operation panel (G) until horizontal.
52
11. Tap Black (H) or Color (I).
A message prompting you to load the printable disc is displayed.
12. Take out multi-purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment (J).
13. Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (K) at bottom.
53
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (L).
14. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
15. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow (
approximately aligned with arrow (
) on multi-purpose tray guide is
) on multi-purpose tray.
16. Select OK on the touch screen.
The multi-purpose tray is drawn into the printer and copying will start.
Important
• Do not open the document cover until copying is complete.
17. After copying is complete, pull multi-purpose tray from printer to remove it.
54
18. While pressing down lock (K), take out printable disc from slits (L) on multi-purpose tray,
and remove it.
Note
• Your printer is equipped with many other disc label print features.
Disc Label Printing
55
Network
Available Connection Methods
The following connection methods are available on the printer.
• Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
◦ Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
◦ You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the
printer.
(Wi-Fi icon) is
◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
• Wireless Direct
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
◦ While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
◦ If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on
your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
◦ In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears,
disconnect a device you do not use and configure settings again.
◦ Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
Note
• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB
cable. For details, see Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN
Connection.
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, click here.
56
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Changing the Connection Mode
• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
• To use Wireless Direct temporarily:
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)
For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)
You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
◦ For Windows:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
◦ For macOS:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips
Handling Printer Configuration using the Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network Settings and Common Problems for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
• Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
• Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
57
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac. IEEE802.11a and IEEE802.11n (5 GHz) may not be
supported depending on the country or region you live in. Check if your device supports IEEE802.11n,
IEEE802.11g, IEEE802.11b or IEEE802.11a.
• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security
protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or
change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer in
Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information
will be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even
after disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
58
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
59
Network Connection Tips
Default Network Settings
Detect Same Printer Name
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
60
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item
Default
Enable/Disable LAN
Disable LAN
Network name (SSID)
BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security
Disable
IP address (IPv4)
Auto setup
IP address (IPv6)
Auto setup
Set printer name*
XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6
Enable
Enable/disable WSD
Enable
Timeout setting
15 minutes
Enable/disable Bonjour
Enable
Service name
Canon TS8300 series
LPR protocol setting
Enable
RAW protocol
Enable
LLMNR
Enable
PictBridge communication Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item
Default
Network (SSID)/device name
DIRECT-abXX-TS8300series *1
Password
YYYYYYYYYY *2
Wi-Fi security
WPA2-PSK (AES)
Connection request confirmation Displayed
61
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
62
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
• For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
• For macOS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• You can check the serial number by displaying on the touch screen.
System information
63
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to
LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, click
here and perform setup.
64
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, tap the HOME button.
2. Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
4. Select Device settings.
5. Select LAN settings.
6. Select Print details.
7. Check message and select Yes.
8. When the confirmation screen for printing passwords appears, select ON or OFF.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Number
Item
Description
Setting
1
Product Information
Product information
–
1-1
Product Name
Product name
XXXXXXXX
1-2
ROM Version
ROM version
XXXXXXXX
1-3
Serial Number
Serial number
XXXXXXXX
2
Network Diagnostics
Network diagnostics
–
2-1
Diagnostic Result
Diagnostic result
XXXXXXXX
2-2
Result Codes
Result codes
XXXXXXXX
2-3
Result Code Details
Result code details
http://canon.com/ijnwt
65
3
Wireless LAN
Wireless LAN
Enable/Disable
3-2
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Enable/Disable
3-2-1
Signal Strength
Signal strength
0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2
Link Quality
Link quality
0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3
Frequency
Frequency
XX (GHz)
3-2-4
MAC Address
MAC address
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5
Connection
Connection status
Active/Inactive
3-2-6
SSID
SSID
Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7
Channel
Channel
XXX (1 to 13, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 100, 104, 108,
112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140, 149, 153, 157, 161,
165)
3-2-8
Encryption
Encryption method
None/WEP/TKIP/AES
3-2-9
WEP Key Length
WEP key length (bits)
Inactive/128/64
3-2-10
Authentication
Authentication method
None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
3-2-11
TCP/IPv4
TCP/IPv4
Enable
3-2-12
IP Address
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14
Default Gateway
Default gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15
TCP/IPv6
TCP/IPv6
Enable/Disable
3-2-16
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17
Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length
XXX
3-2-18
Stateless Address1
Stateless address 1
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19
Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20
Stateless Address2
Stateless address 2
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21
Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22
Stateless Address3
Stateless address 3
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
66
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23
Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24
Stateless Address4
Stateless address 4
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25
Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26
Default Gateway1
Default gateway 1
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27
Default Gateway2
Default gateway 2
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28
Default Gateway3
Default gateway 3
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29
Default Gateway4
Default gateway 4
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active
3-2-34
Security Protocol
Security method
ESP/ESP & AH/AH
3-2-35
Wireless LAN DRX
Discontinuous recep-
Enable/Disable
tion (wireless LAN)
3-3
Wireless Direct
Operation mode for
Enable/Disable
Wireless Direct
3-3-1
MAC Address
MAC address
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2
Connection
Connection status
Active/Inactive
3-3-3
SSID
SSID
Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4
Password
Password
Wireless Direct password (10 alphanumeric characters)
3-3-5
Channel
Channel
3
3-3-6
Encryption
Encryption method
AES
3-3-7
Authentication
Authentication method
WPA2-PSK
3-3-8
TCP/IPv4
TCP/IPv4
Enable
3-3-9
IP Address
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11
Default Gateway
Default gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
67
3-3-12
TCP/IPv6
TCP/IPv6
Enable/Disable
3-3-13
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14
Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length
XXX
3-3-15
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active
3-3-16
Security Protocol
Security method
–
3-3-17
Wireless LAN DRX
Discontinuous reception (wireless direct)
Enable/Disable
5
Other Settings
Other settings
–
5-1
Printer Name
Printer name
Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)
5-2
Wireless Direct DevName
Device name for wireless direct
Device name for wireless direct (Up to 32 alphanumeric
characters)
5-4
WSD Printing
WSD printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-5
WSD Timeout
Timeout
1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6
LPD Printing
LPD printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-7
RAW Printing
RAW printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-9
Bonjour
Bonjour setting
Enable/Disable
5-10
Bonjour Service Name
Bonjour service name
Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters)
5-11
LLMNR
LLMNR setting
Enable/Disable
5-12
SNMP
SNMP setting
Enable/Disable
5-13
PictBridge Commun.
PictBridge Communica- Enable/Disable
tion
5-14
DNS Server
Obtain DNS server address automatically
5-15
Primary Server
Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16
Secondary Server
Secondary server address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17
Proxy Server
Proxy server setting
Enable/Disable
5-18
Proxy Address
Proxy address
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19
Proxy Port
Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
68
Auto/Manual
5-20
Certificate fingerprint(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate fingerprint(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
6
Bluetooth
Bluetooth settings
–
6-1
Bluetooth Setting
Bluetooth
Enable/Disable
6-3
Bluetooth Device Address
Bluetooth device address of the printer
XXXXXXXX
6-5
Bluetooth Device Name Bluetooth device name
of the printer
XXXXXXXX
7
Web Services
Web Services
–
7-1
Unsent Usage Logs
Number of unsent usage logs
0 to 200
7-2
Usage Log Last Sent
Last date when usage
XXXXXXXX
5-21
Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
log was sent
7-3
Web Service Status
Registration status
Not set/Disabled/Registration pending/Registered
7-4
Log Transmission Status
Transmission result
Not activated/Processing/Server error/Connection error/
Timeout error/Error/Awaiting server response/Active
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
69
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or Wireless Direct).
• For Windows:
◦ Click here and redo setup.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Important
• Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy wireless
connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Wireless connect) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Yes on the displayed screen.
Follow instructions on your smartphone or tablet.
4. If message saying setup is completed appears, select OK.
• For macOS:
Click here and redo setup.
70
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
71
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If anything is wrong with connection, IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses the settings of the printer
and those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, IJ Network Device Setup Utility restores the status
of the printer and computer.
Important
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install IJ Network Device Setup Utility, disable block function of firewall.
72
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
When you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility, the screen below appears.
Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. IJ Network Device Setup Utility
starts diagnosis and repair of network.
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
73
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the
computer and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
IJ Network Device Setup Utility starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
74
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
G4000 series
PRO-500 series
PRO-1000 series
MB2100 series
MB2700 series
MB5100 series
MB5400 series
iB4000 series
PRO-520
PRO-540
PRO-560
PRO-540S
PRO-560S
PRO-2000
PRO-4000
PRO-6000
PRO-4000S
PRO-6000S
TS9000 series
TS8000 series
TS6000 series
TS5000 series
MG3000 series
E470 series
75
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Multi-purpose Tray,
Memory Card, etc.
Loading Paper
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Loading Originals
Inserting the Memory Card
Replacing Ink Tanks
76
Loading Paper
Paper Sources
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
77
Paper Sources
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the rear tray (A) and cassette (B).
You can load all supported paper on the rear tray.
Supported Media Types
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• When printing, select the correct page size and media type. If you select the wrong page size or media
type, the printer may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print
quality.
For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
78
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
You can also load envelopes on the rear tray.
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Important
• If you cut plain paper to a size of 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) or smaller to perform a trial print, it may cause a
paper jam.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Supported Media Types.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
• When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
79
3. Open the feed slot cover (C).
4. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
5. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
80
6. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
paper jams.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).
81
7. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
8. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
82
Note
• When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out
automatically.
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
83
Loading Paper in the Cassette
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Scratched.
2. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
3. Remove the cassette cover (B).
84
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
4. Slide paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right to open guides.
5. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in
center of cassette.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
paper jams.
Note
• Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below.
If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion (G), the paper may not be fed properly.
85
6. Slide front paper guide (C) to align it with paper stack.
Align paper guide with where it clicks into place.
7. Slide right paper guide (D) to align it with paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (H).
• Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (I) of the paper guides.
86
8. Mount cassette cover (B) and insert cassette into printer.
Push the cassette into the printer until it stops.
Note
• When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out
automatically.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
• When the cassette is pulled out, it automatically extends. To shorten the extended cassette, push it in
while pulling lever (J).
87
88
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 on the rear tray.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device is not
supported.
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
• The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
89
3. Open the feed slot cover (C).
4. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
5. Load envelopes in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
6. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of envelopes.
90
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
Note
• Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (E).
7. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
91
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
8. If page size and media type shown on touch screen match size and type of envelopes
loaded in rear tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded
envelopes.
Note
• When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out
automatically.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
92
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Placing a Printable Disc
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
93
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions Common to using Multi-purpose Tray
• Be sure to use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation.
• Do not remove the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation. Doing so may damage the
printer, the multi-purpose tray, or the media.
• Do not get dirt on the multi-purpose tray or scratches on the reflectors. The printer may not be able to
recognize that a media is loaded, or printing may become misaligned. If the multi-purpose tray
becomes dirty, wipe the reflector clean with a soft and dry cloth, taking care not to scratch it.
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the media to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose
the media to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried.
Cautions When Printing onto Printable Disc
• Remove any dirt from the multi-purpose tray before placing printable discs on it. Loading discs on a
dirty multi-purpose tray may scratch the recording surface of the discs.
• Do not print onto printable discs that are not compatible with inkjet printing. The ink will not dry and
may cause problems with the disc itself or DVD players or other devices it is loaded into.
• Do not print onto a printable disc's recording surface. Doing so will make data recorded onto discs
unreadable.
• Hold printable discs by their edges. Do not touch either the label surface (printing surface) or
recording surface.
• The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if software other than Easy-PhotoPrint Editor is used.
Cautions When Printing on Printable Nail Stickers
• For precautions on Printable Nail Stickers, refer to the instructions supplied with the Printable Nail
Stickers.
• The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if an application other than Nail Stickers Creator is used.
94
Placing a Printable Disc
Before Placing a Printable Disc
Placing a Printable Disc
Removing a Printable Disc
95
Before Placing a Printable Disc
A printable disc differs from regular disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) in that its label surface has been specially
processed or printing by an inkjet printer.
The following items are needed to print onto the printable disc.
• Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)
The multi-purpose tray is stored in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment of the paper output tray.
• 4.72 in. (12 cm) printable disc
Obtain a printable disc with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing.
96
Placing a Printable Disc
To print onto a printable disc, place it on the supplied multi-purpose tray, and then insert it into the printer.
This procedure also applies to printing from a computer.
Important
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
Note
• If test printing is executed onto test printing paper, depending on the paper type, the printer may not be
able to read its size correctly, preventing the border areas from being printed. Test printing paper
should be used for purposes of checking the envisioned layout.
1. When message prompting you to load printable disc appears, take out multi-purpose tray
from multi-purpose tray storage compartment (A).
2. Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
Important
• Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing a printable disc on it.
• When placing a printable disc on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the printing surface of the
disc or the reflectors (B) on the multi-purpose tray.
97
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (C) at bottom.
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (D).
3. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
98
4. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow (
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow (
) on multi-purpose
) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
• Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow (
) on the multi-purpose tray guide.
Note
• The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow the
on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
99
Removing a Printable Disc
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.
2. While pressing down lock (A), take out printable disc from slits (B) on multi-purpose tray,
and remove it.
Important
• Do not touch the printing surface when removing the disc from the multi-purpose tray.
Note
• Allow the printing surface to dry before removing the disc. If you see printing on the multi-purpose
tray or on the transparent parts of the inner or outer diameters of the printable disc, wipe them
clean after the printing surface has dried.
3. Insert multi-purpose tray straight into multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
When not using the multi-purpose tray, store it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
100
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Removing Printable Nail Stickers
101
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers
The following items are needed to print onto Printable Nail Stickers.
• Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)
The multi-purpose tray is stored in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment of the paper output tray.
• Printable Nail Stickers (NL-101)
Note
• For the latest information on Printable Nail Stickers, access our website.
102
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
To print onto Printable Nail Stickers, place them on the multi-purpose tray supplied with the printer, and then
insert them into the printer.
Important
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load Printable Nail Stickers
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. When message prompting you to load Printable Nail Stickers appears, take out multipurpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment (A).
2. Place Printable Nail Stickers on multi-purpose tray.
Important
• Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing a printable disc on it.
• To prevent getting dirt or fingerprints on Printable Nail Stickers, hold the stickers by their edges. If
the print side gets any dirt or is damaged, it may cause poor print quality.
• When placing Printable Nail Stickers on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the reflectors (B) on
the multi-purpose tray.
103
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place Printable Nail Stickers and press it against lock (C) at
bottom.
2. While pressing down lock with Printable Nail Stickers, insert two tabs (D) on top into slits (E)
on multi-purpose tray.
3. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
104
4. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow (
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow (
) on multi-purpose
) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
• Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow (
) on the multi-purpose tray guide.
Note
• The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow the
on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
105
Removing Printable Nail Stickers
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.
2. Remove Printable Nail Stickers.
While pressing down lock (A), remove two tabs (B) on the top out of slits (C).
Important
• Do not touch the printing surface when removing Printable Nail Stickers.
Note
• Allow the printing surface to dry before removing Printable Nail Stickers. If you see printing on the
multi-purpose tray or outside the Printable Nail Stickers, wipe them clean after the printing surface
has dried.
3. Peel a sheet of Printable Nail Stickers from adapter.
Important
• Allow the printing surface to dry before tearing off Printable Nail Stickers from its edges.
106
4. Insert multi-purpose tray straight into multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
When not using the multi-purpose tray, insert it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
107
Loading Originals
Loading Originals on Platen
Loading Based on Use
Supported Originals
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
108
Loading Originals on Platen
1. Open the document cover.
2. Load original WITH SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on platen.
Loading Based on Use
Supported Originals
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen.
Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to
break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing
down the original.
3. Close the document cover gently.
109
Important
• After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or
scan.
110
Loading Based on Use
Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original
correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Originals
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Function
Copying
Scanning by detecting the type and
size of the original automatically
How to Load
Loading the Original to Be
Aligned with the alignment mark
If you scan using the operation panel, select Auto scan for Doc.type in Scan.
Scanning by specifying a standard
size (A4, Letter, etc.)
If you scan using the operation panel, select Document or Photo for Doc.type in
Scan and specify a standard size (A4,
Letter, etc.) for Scan size to scan originals.
Photos, Postcards, Business
Scanning only one original
Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)
If you scan using the operation panel, follow the operation below.
Loading Only One Original in
Center of Platen
• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto scan for Scan size
to scan originals.
Scanning two or more originals
If you scan using the operation panel, follow the operation below.
Loading Two or More Originals
on Platen
• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto multi scan for
Scan size to scan two or more originals.
Note
• For details on how to scan from the computer and how to load originals, see below.
For Windows:
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
For macOS:
Scanning from Computer (macOS)
111
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen and align it with the
alignment mark
. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 in. (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).
Loading Only One Original in Center of Platen
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area
cannot be scanned.
112
Loading Two or More Originals on Platen
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the originals, and between the originals.
Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
B: More than 0.40 in. (1 cm)
Note
• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 in. (180 mm) or more cannot be
corrected.
• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.
113
Supported Originals
Item
Types of originals
Details
• Text document, magazine, or newspaper
• Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
Size (width x height)
Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Note
• When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen, you can load it by removing the document
cover from the printer.
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
114
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
Detaching the document cover:
Hold up the document cover in portrait orientation and then tip it back.
Attaching the document cover:
Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover
vertically as illustrated below.
115
116
Inserting the Memory Card
Before Inserting the Memory Card
Inserting the Memory Card
Removing the Memory Card
117
Before Inserting the Memory Card
The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the printer.
Important
• If you took and saved photos on a type of memory card that does not guarantee the operation on your
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, the image data may be unreadable on the printer or damaged. For
information on memory cards that your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device guarantees operation, refer
to the instruction manual supplied with your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
• Format the memory card using a digital camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system
(Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). The memory card may not be
compatible with the printer if it is formatted on a computer.
Memory Cards that Do Not Require a Card Adapter
• SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card, SDXC memory card
Memory Cards that Require a Card Adapter
Be sure to attach the special card adapters to the following memory cards before inserting into the card
slot.
• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
• microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
Important
• If one of the following memory cards is inserted without the card adapter, you may not be able to
remove the memory card.
Cannot Remove Memory Card
118
Printable Image Data
• This printer accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File
system (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). Other image or movie types
such as RAW images cannot be printed.
• The printer accepts images scanned and saved with the printer when Doc.type is set to Photo and
Format is set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg").
Note
• This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
119
Inserting the Memory Card
Important
• When a memory card is inserted into the card slot, the Access lamp is lit. When the Access lamp is
flashing, the printer is accessing the memory card. In this case, do not touch the area around the card
slot.
Note
• When Read/write attribute is set to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print image data from the
memory card using the operation panel of the printer. After using the card slot as the memory card drive
of a computer, remove the memory card, select Other device settings in Device settings, then set
Read/write attribute to Write-protected from PC.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer
• When you use a computer to edit or enhance photos saved on a memory card, be sure to print them
from the computer. If you use the operation panel, the photos may not be printed properly.
1. Prepare your memory card.
Attach a special card adapter if your memory card requires one.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
2. Insert the memory card into the card slot.
Insert your memory card straightforward WITH THE LABELED SIDE FACING UP into the card slot.
When the memory card is inserted properly, the Access lamp (A) will light up.
* Be sure to attach the card adapter to the following types of memory card before inserting to the card
slot.
• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
• microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
120
Important
• Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot, but do not force it into the slot any further.
This can damage the printer or the memory card.
• Make sure that the memory card is correctly oriented before inserting it into the card slot. If you
force the memory card into the card slot in the wrong orientation, the memory card or the printer
can be damaged.
121
Removing the Memory Card
Important
• If you used the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer, you must perform the "safe removal"
operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from the printer.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer
1. Make sure that the Access lamp is lit, and remove the memory card.
Hold the part of the memory card that is protruding and remove it straightforward from the printer.
Important
• Do not remove the memory card while the Access lamp is flashing. The Access lamp flashes
while the printer is reading or writing data from/to the memory card. If you remove the memory
card or turn off the power while the Access lamp is flashing, the data saved on the memory card
can be damaged.
122
Replacing Ink Tanks
Replacing Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
Ink Tips
123
Replacing Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of
the error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Take appropriate action according to the message.
When Error Occurred
Note
• If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance
Procedure.
• For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open the scanning unit / cover.
The print head holder moves to the replacement position.
Caution
• Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder
until it stops completely.
Important
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
• If the scanning unit / cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to
the right. In this case, close and reopen the scanning unit / cover.
3. Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.
Push the tab (A) and lift the ink tank to remove.
124
Important
• Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
• Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.
• Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of
consumables.
Note
• Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one
when replacing two or more ink tanks.
4. Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape (B) completely, then
remove the protective film (C) completely.
Important
• Handle an ink tank carefully. Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it.
• If the orange tape remains on the Y-shape air hole (D), ink may splash or the printer may not
print properly.
125
5. Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (E) pointing up while being careful not to
block the Y-shape air hole (D).
6. Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap (E) to remove it off GENTLY.
Important
• Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air
hole (D) blocked, ink may splash.
• Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap (E) or the open ink port (F). The ink may
stain your hands if you touch them.
• Do not reattach the protective cap (E) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the
local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
7. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.
Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.
126
8. Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
Important
• You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in
the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.
• You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.
9. Close the scanning unit / cover.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, then take it down gently.
127
Caution
• When closing the scanning unit / cover, be careful not to get your fingers caught.
Note
• If the error message appears after the scanning unit / cover is closed, take appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
• When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the printer starts cleaning the print head
automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of
the print head.
• If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
symptoms, align the print head.
• The printer may make noise during operation.
Notes on ink tanks
Important
• If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed.
• Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink
tank properly.
• Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-andwhite printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
128
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and display the HOME screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, tap
2. Select
(HOME) to display it.
(Hint) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The hint menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Estimated ink levels.
A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
Example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.
Note
• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
• To access the ink purchasing site, select Order ink now on this screen and display the QR code.
Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
• Selecting Ink model no. displays the Ink model number screen for checking ink numbers.
• You can also check the ink status on a screen of the touch screen displayed while printing.
• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For macOS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
129
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer
consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head
with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the
succeeding ink tanks.
The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the
first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.
Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may
be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents
print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
Why does the printer have two black ink tanks?
There are two kinds of black ink in the printer: dye ink (BK) and pigment ink (PGBK).
The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos, illustration, etc., and the pigment ink is used for text-based
documents. Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out, another will not be used instead. If
either of them runs out, the ink tank replacement is required.
These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the
printer driver. You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself.
130
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven
Maintenance Procedure
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Aligning the Print Head
Aligning the Print Head Manually
131
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink
tank.
Note
• Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.
• Check the ink status.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
• For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
132
Step3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
• For macOS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern:
Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
• For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
• For macOS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
Note
• When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off
the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the printer
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
• For macOS:
133
Adjusting Print Head Position
134
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink
tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Nozzle Check.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch
screen.
135
7. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
136
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D.
A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present
2. Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
screen.
137
For A (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.
For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or
in both patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
If the pattern D or any color in the pattern C is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
138
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
139
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
8. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
140
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Deep Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 to 2 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
141
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
8. When the completion message appears, select OK.
9. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
142
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.
• If ink runs out as the print head alignment sheet is printed, an error message appears on the touch
screen.
When Error Occurred
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Auto.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Confirm the message, then select Yes.
143
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
This takes about 4 minutes.
Note
• If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the touch screen.
When Error Occurred
7. When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,
adjust the print head position manually.
For Windows:
You can also align the print head manually from a computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print the head alignment value
on the Maintenance screen.
144
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Try aligning the print head manually after automatic print head alignment if printing results are not as
expected, as when printed ruled lines are misaligned.
Note
• For details on automatic print head alignment, see Aligning the Print Head.
What you will need: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Manual.
The confirmation screen will appear.
Note
• To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the head alignment
value.
6. Check message and select Yes.
145
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The print head alignment pattern will be printed.
7. When Did the patterns print correctly? appears, make sure pattern was printed correctly,
and if so, select Yes.
8. Check message and select Next.
The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed.
9. Examine first patterns and tap A. In column A, find pattern in which streaks are least
noticeable, and then select the number of that pattern.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical streaks
Noticeable vertical streaks
146
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal streaks
Noticeable horizontal streaks
10. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns B to H,
and then select OK.
11. Check message and select OK.
The second set of patterns is printed.
12. Examine second patterns and tap I. In column I, find pattern in which streaks are least
noticeable, and then select the number of that pattern.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical streaks
Noticeable vertical streaks
147
13. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns J to P,
and then select OK.
14. Check message and select OK.
The third set of patterns is printed.
15. Examine third patterns and tap a. In column a, find pattern in which stripes are least
noticeable, and then select the number of that pattern.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal stripes are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal stripes
Noticeable horizontal stripes
16. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns b to h,
and then select OK.
17. When confirmation message appears, select OK.
148
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer
(macOS)
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
149
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
3. Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
Remote UI starts.
Note
• The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, click Passwords and cookies.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
150
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
2. Click Cleaning
Before performing Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining in the tank?
• Did you push in the ink tank completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Cleaning
Click Yes.
Print head Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Cleaning
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
151
2. Click Deep Cleaning
Before performing Deep Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining in the tank?
• Did you push in the ink tank completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Deep Cleaning
Click Yes.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Deep Cleaning
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, the ink may have run out or the
print head may be worn. For details on the remedial action to be taken, see "Ink Does Not Come
Out."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
152
Adjusting Print Head Position
Any error in the print head installation position can cause color and line shifts. Adjusting the print head
position improves print results.
Print Head Alignment - Auto
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
2. Click Print Head Alignment - Auto
A message appears.
3. Load paper in printer
In the cassette, load 2 sheets of plain A4-sized or Letter-sized paper.
4. Run head position adjustment
Check that the printer power is on, and then click Yes.
Head alignment starts. Proceed with the operations in accordance with the messages on the screen.
Important
• Do not open the scanning unit / cover while printing is in progress; otherwise, printing will stop.
Note
• You can print and check the current settings by clicking on Print the head alignment value.
153
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.
If you select Printer status from Remote UI, the ink status appears as an illustration.
Estimated ink levels
You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.
Ink model number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Note
• To check the ink status, you can also display the pop-up menu of the Print dialog and select Supply
Levels.
154
Cleaning
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Cleaning Cassette Pads
155
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only
when necessary.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4. Select Roller cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Select Rear tray or Cassette to clean the paper feed roller.
7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source.
If you clean the paper feed roller of cassette, remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.
8. Select OK.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
156
9. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load
the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
10. Select OK.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
11. When the completion message appears, select OK.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center
to request a repair.
157
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4. Select Bottom plate cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette, then select OK.
7. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the
paper.
8. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,
unfold the paper, then select OK.
158
9. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and
the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
10. Mount cassette cover (A) and insert cassette into printer.
11. Select OK.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
12. When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
159
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
160
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Using the Operation Panel
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
161
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU&EEA)
162
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively bending it.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or
liquids such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
• Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
• Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
• Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
163
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
• Moving the printer
Do not hold the printer by the cassette. Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
164
General Notices
• Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Do not place objects in front of the printer. The paper output tray opens automatically and may hit
these objects, damaging the printer.
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
◦ Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
◦ Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
• Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the ink tanks. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
• Do not throw print heads or ink tanks in the fire.
165
Regulatory Information
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10498 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30374, FCC Approved Bluetooth
K30375)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
166
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
167
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to
the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time,
your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please
contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal
service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies kann z.
B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer autorisierten
Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen. Der
unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell mit
Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die
menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie
außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen für
Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
168
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément à la
directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis en
place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en de
nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet worden
ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten op
het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen in
elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit product
mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u uw
afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw
woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer van
afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie over het
inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
169
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord amb la
Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un dels punts
de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte similar o
lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i electrònics
(AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu en l’entorn i
en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment estan
associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest producte
contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts on podeu
lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal, a les
autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de recollida de
deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el reciclatge de
productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla Direttiva
RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso un centro di
raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro uno", ovvero del
ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o un impianto
autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione impropria di
questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana causato dalle
sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature elettriche ed
elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace delle risorse
naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi del Decreto
Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti di
Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
170
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo ou
num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos (EEE).
O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente e na
saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation jf.
direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks. i
overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt, eller
produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering af denne
type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund af de
potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr. Når du
foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik på
genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
171
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο
παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά τη
σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας για
ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων, το
εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold til
WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det
vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering av
denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som ofte
brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved å
kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Tuote
on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta
ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä saat
kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
172
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning inte
får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför avsedd
insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen do
sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný
podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických a
elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
173
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a termék nem
kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell leadni, például
hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai berendezésekből
származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű hulladékok a nem
megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak lehetnek a környezetre
és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék megfelelő kezelésével
hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A berendezésekből származó,
újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért forduljon a helyi
önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző vállalathoz,
illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek visszajuttatásáról és
újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt do
recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu
s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny
za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva odpad z
elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu môže mať
negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické zariadenia
obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
174
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete
tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā ar
sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba į
175
elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai ir
žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad jos
būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo ne
smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na primer
pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo. S
pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canoneurope.com/weee.
176
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la un
punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru
za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru
za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje ovom
177
vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled
potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na
ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
178
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
179
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money
• Money orders
• Certificates of deposit
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Identification badges or insignia
• Selective service or draft papers
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
• Traveler's checks
• Food stamps
• Passports
• Immigration papers
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
• Stock certificates
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent
180
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the document cover!
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is
opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.
181
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.
Retract the paper output tray following the message.
The paper output tray is retracted and the power will go off.
2. Close operation panel.
3. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
4. Close paper support and rear tray cover.
5. Shorten cassette.
6. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
cord from the printer.
182
7. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
8. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
183
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
• Select
Yes.
(Setup) on HOME screen and select Device settings > Reset settings > Reset all >
184
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paintstick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the ON lamp is not lit.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
185
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Using the Operation Panel
186
Main Components
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
Operation Panel
187
Front View
A: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it. Before printing starts, this automatically opens.
Operation Panel
B: Platen
Load an original here.
C: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
D: Cassette
Load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper into the cassette, and insert it into the printer.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
E: Paper Guides
Align with right/left/front sides of the paper stack.
F: Cassette Cover
Detach to load paper in the cassette.
G: Paper Output Tray
Comes out automatically when the printer starts printing. Printed paper is ejected.
H: Paper Output Support
Extend to support ejected paper.
188
I: Card Slot
Insert a memory card.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
J: Access lamp
Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status.
Inserting the Memory Card
K: Multi-purpose Tray Guide
Place the multi-purpose tray here.
L: Multi-purpose Tray Storage Compartment
The multi-purpose tray supplied with the printer can be stored here.
189
M: Rear Tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
N: Paper Support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
O: Rear Tray Cover
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
P: Feed Slot Cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
Q: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
190
Rear View
A: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
B: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
C: Transport Unit Cover
Open when removing jammed paper.
D: Rear Cover
Detach when removing jammed paper.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This
can cause trouble.
191
Inside View
A: Scanning Unit / Cover
Scans originals. Also, lift and open it to replace an ink tank or to remove jammed paper inside the
printer.
B: Print Head Holder
The print head is pre-installed.
Note
• For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing Ink Tanks.
192
Operation Panel
A: ON button/ON lamp
Turns the power on or off. Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. Before turning on the
power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
B: Touch Screen
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status. Directly touch the screen lightly with your
finger tip to select a menu item or displayed button. You can also preview photos on a memory card
before printing.
Basic Operation of the touch screen
193
Power Supply
Checking that Power Is On
Turning the Printer On and Off
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplugging the Printer
194
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the touch screen is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• The touch screen display will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore the
display, touch the touch screen. The print operation from a computer can also restore the display.
195
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Checking that Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• If an error message is displayed on the touch screen, see When Error Occurred.
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed
from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by
default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
196
Important
• When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the ON
lamp is off.
Note
• When pressing the ON button, a confirmation screen to retract the paper output tray on the
touch screen. If you want to retract the paper output tray, select Yes.
• You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print
jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
197
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything
unusual described below.
• The power plug/power cord is hot.
• The power plug/power cord is rusty.
• The power plug/power cord is bent.
• The power plug/power cord is worn.
• The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord
and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an
electric shock.
198
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print
head and print quality may be reduced.
1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
Note
• After pressing the ON button, the confirmation screen asking if you retract the paper output tray
will appear on the touch screen. To retract the paper output tray, select Yes.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
3. Unplug the power cord.
199
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
200
Using the Operation Panel
The operation panel consists of the ON button (A) and touch screen (B).
Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying, scanning, and
other functions.
Operations on the HOME Screen
A: ON button
B: Touch Screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Icons on Touch Screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Touch the touch screen lightly with your finger tip or move your finger to access various functions or
settings.
Important
• When operating the touch screen, make sure to avoid the followings, which may cause the printer to
malfunction or damage the printer.
Strongly pressing the touch screen.
Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger (especially with sharpened tips, such as
on ballpoint pens, pencils, or nails).
Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands.
Placing any objects on the touch screen.
• Do not attach a protective sheet on the touch screen. Removing it may damage the touch screen.
Tap
Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release.
Use to select an item or photo on the screen.
201
Touch
Touch lightly with your finger tip.
To move forward (or go back) menus or photos continuously, keep touching the forward (or back) mark.
Flick
Flick your finger on the screen up, down, left, or right.
Use to switch menus or move forward or backward through photos.
Drag
While lightly touching the screen, move your finger up, down, left, or right.
Use to view lists of items or move sliders.
202
Operations on the HOME Screen
Display the menu screen or the settings screen from the HOME screen.
C: Basic menu
Select to copy or scan using the operation panel. After selecting a basic menu, the particular menus
are displayed.
D: Network
Displays the current network status. Select to display the basic network information or to change the
network settings.
The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.
Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Note
• Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.
203
(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.
Place the printer near the wireless router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Wireless Direct is enabled.
Wi-Fi and Wireless Direct are disabled.
E: Wireless connect
Select to connect the printer to a smartphone/tablet over Wi-Fi through Easy wireless connect or via
Bluetooth.
Tap this button to display a confirmation screen for starting a connection. Touch and hold this button
to switch to the standby mode for Easy wireless connect or Bluetooth connection.
Easy wireless connect
Bluetooth settings
F: Setup
Displays the printer's setting menus or the maintenance menus.
When there is an update notification or information from PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, NEW appears
on this button.
Firmware update
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
G: Hint
Displays quick guides about such procedures as loading paper and troubleshooting and such
information as estimated ink level and system information.
Icons on Touch Screen
While operating on the touch screen, some icons are displayed on the touch screen.
204
(HOME)
Displays the HOME screen.
(Back)
Returns the touch screen to the previous screen.
Black
Starts black & white copying, scanning, etc.
Color
Starts color copying, scanning, etc.
Stop
Cancels operation when print, copy, or scan job is in progress.
205
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
206
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
207
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allow you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent or
the printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
1. Selecting Device settings from Remote UI
2. Click Energy saving settings
3. Complete the following settings:
Auto power off
Specify the time from the list. Printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent within the
specified time or the printer has remained inactive.
Auto power on
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
208
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
1. Check whether the printer is on and select Device settings from Remote UI
2. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Print settings - Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing
to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Custom settings - Detect paper setting mismatch
If the check box is deselected, at the time of printing from PC, you can continue to print without the
message display even if the paper settings set in the Print dialog differs from the paper information
registered to the printer.
Ink drying wait time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. The wait time
becomes longer as the value set in the list increases, and shorter as the value decreases.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
3. Apply the settings
Click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
209
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Print settings
LAN settings
Bluetooth settings
PictBridge settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Other device settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Reset setting
Feed settings
Web service setup
ECO settings
Quiet setting
System information
210
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Amount of extension as an example.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Device settings.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
4. Select a setting item to adjust.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5. Select a setting item.
6. Select a setting to specify.
211
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
212
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
Other device settings
Language selection
Web service setup
ECO settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
Bluetooth settings
PictBridge settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Feed settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
LAN settings
Firmware update
Reset setting
System information
213
Print settings
• Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower
print quality.
• Amount of extension
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
• Settings will be come ineffective in the following situations:
Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) supporting device.
Printing from a handwritten navigation sheet.
Printing from a standard form.
Note
• When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be
prioritized.
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended
amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.
• Adjust disc print area
You can adjust the disc printing area if the image is not aligned with the printable disc. You can adjust
the printing area in increments of 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) between -0.04 in. (-0.9 mm) and +0.04 in. (+0.9
mm).
• Auto photo fix setting
When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the
image files when Default* or On is selected in printing with a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, select Auto
photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge settings.
• Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) between -0.12 in. (-3 mm) and
+0.12 in. (+3 mm) centered on the horizontal center of the paper.
214
Important
• For Letter-sized or Legal-sized paper, you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.06 in. (-1.5
mm) and +0.06 in. (+1.5 mm) even if you specify the value over 0.06 in. (1.5 mm).
215
LAN settings
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Wi-Fi
When Wi-Fi is selected in the LAN settings screen, the network settings information of the printer when it
is connected by Wi-Fi appears in the Wi-Fi setting list screen.
To print the network settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer
settings.)
Items
Setting
Connection
Enabled (connected)/Enabled (disconnected)/Disable
Network name (SSID)
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)
Frequency
2.4 GHz/5 GHz
Wi-Fi security
Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/
WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES)
Signal strength (%)
XXX
IPv4 address
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi)
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
Printer name
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
If Settings is selected in the Wi-Fi setting list screen, the following settings are available.
• Enable/disable Wi-Fi
Enables/disables Wi-Fi.
216
• Wi-Fi setup
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
◦ Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦ Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
◦ WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦ Other connection types
◾ Manual connect (adv.)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually. You can specify multiple WEP keys.
◾ WPS (PIN code method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
• Advanced setup
For details on each setting item:
Advanced setup
Wireless Direct
When Wireless Direct is selected in the LAN settings screen, the network settings information of the
printer when it is connected by the Wireless Direct appears in the Wireless Direct setting list screen.
To print the LAN settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer
settings.)
Note
• To show or hide the password, select Show password/Hide password in the Wireless Direct
setting list screen.
Items
Connection
Setting
Enable/Disable
217
Network (SSID)/device name
DIRECT-XXXX-TS8300series
Password
XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)
Wi-Fi security
WPA2-PSK(AES)
No. of devices connected now
XX/XX
IPv4 address
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi)
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
Printer name
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
If Settings is selected in the Wireless Direct setting list screen, the following settings are available.
• Enable/disable Wireless Direct
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
• Change SSID/device name
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
• Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
• Connection request confirmation
Selecting Yes displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
the printer.
• Advanced setup
For details on each setting item:
Advanced setup
Advanced setup
• Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
218
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
• TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
• WSD setting
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
◦ Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in
Windows.
◦ Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦ WSD scan from this device
Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD. To transfer
the scanned data, tap Color.
Note
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD, you cannot select
the document type.
◦ Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
• Bonjour settings
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
◦ Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦ Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.
• LPR protocol setting
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
• RAW protocol
Enables/disables RAW printing.
• LLMNR
219
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
• IPP settings
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
• PictBridge communication
Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
◦ Enable/disable communication
Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
◦ Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
• Wi-Fi DRX setting
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using Wi-Fi (discontinuous
reception).
Note
• Depending on the Wi-Fi router used, discontinuous reception may not be activated even though
Enable is selected.
• Discontinuous reception is enabled only while the printer is on standby. (The touch screen is in
the screen saver mode.)
• IPsec settings
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec security.
220
Other device settings
• Date display format
Changes the display format of dates when printed.
Note
• When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a memory card, the
date is printed in the date display format you selected.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
• Read/write attribute
Selects whether to allow data to be written onto memory cards from a computer.
Important
• Remove the memory card before changing this setting.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer
• If you set this setting to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print photos on a memory card using
the operation panel of the printer. After you finish operation of the memory card dedicated drive, be
sure to set it back to Write-protected from PC. When you turn off the printer, Writable from USB
PC will be canceled and the setting is returned to Write-protected from PC when you turn on the
printer next time.
• When Writable from USB PC is selected, the auto power off setting is inactive.
For more on the auto power off setting:
ECO settings
• Sound control
Selects the volume.
◦ Keypad volume
Selects the beep volume when tapping the touch screen or the buttons on the operation panel.
◦ Alarm volume
Selects the alarm volume.
• Energy saving settings
Allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
◦ Auto power off
Specifies the length of time to turn off the printer automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
◦ Auto power on
Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
221
Note
• You can also select this setting by selecting
and then selecting Energy saving settings.
(Setup) on the HOME screen, selecting ECO,
ECO settings
• Original removal reminder
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen after scanning.
Important
• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the
original may not be detected.
• Auto retract paper output tray
When ON is selected, the confirmation screen asking if you retract the paper output tray automatically
appears after pressing the ON button to turn off the printer.
• Wi-Fi pairing settings
In order to connect Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, multiple configurations will be performed.
◦ Enable/disable pairing
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
◦ Allow/block additional pairing
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
◦ Delete paired devices
Cancel all Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
222
Language selection
Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian /
Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian /
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean /
Traditional Chinese / Thai / Indonesian / Vietnamese
223
Firmware update
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.
Note
• Only Check current version is available when Enable is selected for Enable/disable Wi-Fi of Wi-Fi in
LAN settings.
• Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the onscreen instructions to perform update.
Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.
Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the touch screen, select OK and try again
after a while.
• Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
• Update notification setting
When ON is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the touch screen.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
224
Reset setting
You can set the settings back to the default.
• Web service setup only
Sets the Web service settings back to the default.
• LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings back to the default.
• Settings only
Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.
• Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by
Remote UI or IJ Network Device Setup Utility reverts to the default setting.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:
The language displayed on the touch screen
The current position of the print head
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
225
Feed settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
Note
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows) or
on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• Rear tray paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray.
• Cassette paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette.
Note
• Plain paper can only be loaded in the cassette.
• Detect paper width
Selecting ON will automatically detect paper size when paper is loaded.
• Detect paper setting mismatch
If you select Enable, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with
those registered in Feed settings. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error
message is displayed on the touch screen.
Note
• When Disable is selected, the settings in Feed settings is disabled.
226
Web service setup
Select this setting item from
Web service setup in
(Setup).
• Web service usage registration/Web service usage cancellation
Registers/Deletes Web service usage to use the printer device information to/from PIXMA/MAXIFY
Cloud Link.
• Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
◦ Google Cloud Print setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Google Cloud Print.
◦ IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
◦ Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Google Cloud Print or Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing
Center.
• Issue registration code
In order to link the web service and printer, obtain the registration code from the service origin.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
227
ECO settings
This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the
printer automatically to save electricity.
Using Power Saving Function
Using Duplex Printing
Using Power Saving Function
Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
ECO.
4. Select Energy saving settings.
5. Check on-screen instructions and select Next.
6. Specify settings as necessary.
A: Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
B: Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
Using Duplex Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
228
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
ECO.
4. Select Two-sided print settings.
5. Specify settings as necessary.
A: Select two-sided copying as a default.
B: Select two-sided printing of template forms on the printer as a default.
Note
• When duplex printing is selected, the
icon is displayed on the setting items for duplex
printing on each print settings screen.
229
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Quiet setting.
4. Select Use quiet mode.
The confirmation screen is displayed and the
icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.
Activate this setting to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
Important
• Operating speed is reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected.
• This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver. No matter how
you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of
the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
• For Windows, you can set the quiet mode from ScanGear (scanner driver).
230
System information
To display this menu, select
System information in
(Hint).
• Current version
Displays the current firmware version.
• Printer name
Displays the printer name currently specified.
• Serial number
Displays the printer serial number.
• MAC address (Wi-Fi)
Displays the MAC address for Wi-Fi.
• Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-1) of the printer.
Note
• If the password is set to the printer, the password may be requested.
• Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256)
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-256) of the printer.
Note
• If the password is set to the printer, the password may be requested.
231
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface
USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b / IEEE802.11a
Card Slot:
Yes
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment
Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment
Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply
AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption
Printing (Copy): 16 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 1.2 W or less *1*2
OFF: 0.3 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC, and Bluetooth settings enabled
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 14.7 x 12.6 x 5.6 in. (Approx. 373 x 319 x 141 mm)
* With the Cassette and trays retracted.
Weight
Approx. 14.5 lb (Approx. 6.6 kg)
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
232
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver
Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size
A4/Letter, 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Optical resolution (horizontal x
vertical)
2400 x 4800 dpi *
Gradation (Input / Output)
Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
* Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
Color: RGB each 16 bit/8 bit
Network Specifications
Communication protocol
SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wi-Fi
Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b /
IEEE802.11a
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
Channel:
2.4 GHz: 1-11 or 1-13
5 GHz: W52, W53, W56, W58
* Wireless Direct cannot be used in the 5GHz band.
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System
Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
233
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
Hard Disk Space
2.0 GB or more
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
macOS
Operating System
OS X 10.11.6, macOS 10.12 - macOS 10.14
Hard Disk Space
1.0 GB or more
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Other Supported OS
iOS, Android, Windows 10 Mobile
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Mobile Printing Capability
Apple AirPrint
Google Cloud Print
PIXMA Cloud Link
Windows 10 Mobile Print
Mopria Print Service
• Internet connection or CD-ROM drive is required to install the software for Windows.
• Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.
• Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the
Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.
• macOS: For macOS, an internet connection is required during software installation.
• Internet connection is required to use all the user's guide.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
234
Information about Paper
Supported Media Types
Paper Load Limit
Unsupported Media Types
Handling Paper
Before Printing on Art Paper
Print Area
235
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
Paper for printing photos:
• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
• Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
• Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
• Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
236
• Printable Nail Stickers <NL-101>*1 *2
• Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>*1
• Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>*1
• Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
• Envelopes*1
• T-Shirt Transfers*1
• Greeting Card*1
• Card Stock*1
*1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device is not
supported.
*2 When printing, mount a special adapter on the supplied multi-purpose tray.
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Note
• When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, you must specify the page
size and media type.
Printing from Digital Camera
• You can use non-Canon genuine art paper. For details, access our website.
You cannot print in the top and bottom 1.38 in. (35 mm) margins of the paper (in the printing
direction).
Sizes for Art Paper
Before Printing on Art Paper
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.
Standard sizes:
• Letter
• Legal
• A5
• A4
• B5
237
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)
• 7"x10"(18x25cm)
• 8"x10"(20x25cm)
• L(89x127mm)
• 2L(127x178mm)
• Square 3.5"
• Square 5"
• Hagaki
• Hagaki 2
• Envelope Com 10
• Envelope DL
• Nagagata 3
• Nagagata 4
• Yougata 4
• Yougata 6
• Card 2.17"x3.58"
Special sizes
Special page sizes must be within the following limits:
• rear tray
◦ Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.51 in. (55.0 x 89.0 mm)
◦ Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
• cassette
◦ Minimum size: 5.83 x 8.27 in. (148.0 x 210.0 mm)
◦ Maximum size: 8.50 x 11.69 in. (215.9 x 297.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2)
238
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the rear tray, the cassette, and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.>
Rear Tray
Cassette
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
A4: Approx. 100 sheets
A4: Approx. 100 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
A4: Approx. 80 sheets
A4: Approx. 80 sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
A4, B5, Letter: Approx. 80
N/A
sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.>
Rear Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*2
A4, Letter, 5"x7"(13x18cm), 8"x10"(20x25cm),
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>*2
2L(127x178mm): 10 sheets
KG/4"x6"(10x15), L(89x127mm), Square 3.5", Square
5", Hagaki: 20 sheets
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*2
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.>
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Rear Tray
1 sheet
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
239
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name
Rear Tray
Cassette
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1
Approx. 100 sheets (Legal:
10 sheets)
Approx. 100 sheets
Envelopes
10 envelopes
N/A
T-Shirt Transfers
A4: 1 sheet
N/A
Greeting Card
Letter, 7"x10"(18x25cm): 1
sheet
N/A
Card Stock
A4, Letter: 1 sheet
N/A
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.>
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Paper Output Tray
Approx. 50 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name
Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
Approx. 50 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
240
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
• Damp paper
• Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m2))
• Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m2), except for Canon genuine
paper)
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards
• Postcards
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
• Any type of paper with holes
• Paper that is not rectangular
• Paper bound with staples or glue
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
241
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
242
Before Printing on Art Paper
When using art paper, dust is liable to be generated. It is therefore recommended that paper dust be
removed on art paper just before printing.
You will need a soft hair brush (or similar brush used to clean office
automation equipment).
The wider the brush, the more effective it will be.
OK - soft brush made from material such as polypropylene, polyethylene, horse hair or goat hair.
Important
• Be sure not to use brushes as shown below. The printing surface may be damaged.
Not OK - brush made from hard material, cloth or washcloth, sticky and abrasive materials.
Paper dust removal procedure:
1. Check that the brush is not wet and free from dust or dirt.
2. Brush the overall printing surface carefully in one direction.
Important
• Be sure to brush all the way across the paper; do not start brushing at the middle or stop
halfway.
• Be careful not to touch the printing surface as much as possible.
243
3. To complete the removal of paper dust, brush the paper in the other direction from top to
bottom.
244
Printing
Printing from Computer
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing Using Operation Panel
Printing from Digital Camera
Paper Settings
245
Printing from Computer
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint)
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Printing Using a Web Service
246
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint)
Printing Basic
Perform Borderless Printing
Printing on Postcards
Adding Printer
How to Open Printer Settings Screen
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers
247
Printing
This printer is compatible with the macOS standard printing system (AirPrint).
You can start printing right away after connecting this printer to your Mac without installing any special
software.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment
Mac running the latest version of OS
• Requirement
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
◦ Connected to the same network over a LAN
◦ Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
◦ Connected by USB
Print from a Mac
1. Check that printer is turned on
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer
3. Select paper size and paper type from printer
Register the set paper size and paper type on the printer operation panel.
For instructions, see "Paper Settings."
4. Start printing from your application software
The Print dialog opens.
5. Select printer
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.
248
Note
• Click Show Details to switch the setup window to the detailed display.
6. Check print settings
Set items such as Paper Size to the appropriate size, as well as Media Type from Media & Quality of
the pop-up menu.
Remove the Two-Sided check mark if you are not printing on both sides of the paper.
Important
• An error may occur if the paper size set in the print dialog is different from the paper size
registered on the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that
correspond to the paper being printed.
• If printing in A4, A5, JIS B5, or US Letter, set the desired feed position (Main Tray or Rear
Tray) from Feed From of the print dialog. If Auto Select is selected in Feed From, the feed
249
position differs depending on Media Type. If Media Type is set to plain paper, it is fed from the
cassette (main tray). If set to other types of paper, it is fed from the rear tray.
• If printing paper such as photo paper and postcards that cannot be printed on both sides,
uncheck the Two-Sided checkbox.
Note
• Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.
7. Click Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot print if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and enable
Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems.
• The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
Printing of Envelopes
For printing on the envelope from Mac, refer to the following.
Print result image
Orientation of print data
Orientation of loading envelope
The print data is rotated by 180 degrees
against the print result image.
Load the envelope in vertically with the address side
facing up so that the folded flap of the envelope will
be faced down on the right side.
250
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it
extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Set the Amount of extension on the printer operation panel
For information on how to set the amount of extension, see "Print settings."
Important
• When the Extended amount: Large is set, the back side of the paper may become smudged.
2. Select sheet size for borderless printing
Select XXX Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog.
3. Click Print
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
251
Important
• Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the
wording "Borderless" from the Paper Size.
• Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the
type of paper used.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
• When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Note
• The use of borderless printing is not recommended if plain paper is selected for Media Type in Media
& Quality.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
If you are not satisfied with the borderless printing results, reduce the amount of extension in printer
operation panel.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount: Minimum is set, image data will be printed in the full size. If you set this when
printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position.
252
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for printing on postcards.
1. Load postcards in printer
2. Select paper size and paper type from the printer
Register Hagaki for paper size from the printer operation panel.
Also, register Hagaki, Ink Jet Hagaki, or Hagaki K for paper type, according to your purpose. When you
print on the address side, register Hagaki.
3. Select Paper Size and Media Type from the print dialog
Select Postcard or Postcard Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog. When you print on the
address side, select Postcard.
Select Hagaki, Hagaki (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki K (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), for Media
Type from the print dialog.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
4. Uncheck Two-Sided
253
Important
• Two-sided printing is not possible for postcards, so remove the Two-Sided check mark. If you
print with the Two-Sided check mark on, the printing result may not be as you intended.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
5. Click Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
254
Adding Printer
Procedure for adding printer to your Mac is explained.
To re-add a printer that was deleted, open System Preferences -> Printers & Scanners, click + next to the
printer list, and then perform the procedure described below.
If your printer is connected via USB, and you connect the USB cable to a Mac, the printer is automatically
added. The below procedure is not necessary in this case.
1. Check whether Default is selected in the displayed dialog
Note
• It may take a little time for the name of your printer to appear.
2. Select the printer
Select the printer listed as Bonjour Multifunction.
Note
• Check the following if printer does not appear.
Printer is on
Firewall function of the security software is off
Printer is either connected to the wireless router or directly connected to the PC (Direct
Connection)
3. Select Secure AirPrint from Use
4. Click Add
The printer is added to your Mac.
255
How to Open Printer Settings Screen
The settings screen of the printer can be displayed from your application software.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1. Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
The Page Setup dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1. Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
The Print dialog opens.
256
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen
• If the print data has been sent to the printer
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
(the printer icon) displayed on the Dock.
• If the print data has not been sent to the printer
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select the name of your printer model from the printer list,
and then click Open Print Queue....
2. Check the printing status
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
Important
•
•
•
•
If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.
The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
If the content of the error message is difficult to understand, check the error message displayed on the
printer operation panel.
257
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Select your model, and then click Open Print Queue...
The print status check screen appears.
3. Select the unnecessary print job and click
(Delete)
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
258
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of
Printers
The printer that is no longer in use can be removed from the list of printers.
Before removing the printer, remove the cable connecting the printer and PC.
You cannot remove the printer if not logged in as the administrator. For information about an administrative
user, see Users & Groups from System Preferences.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Delete printer from list of printers
Select the printer you wish to remove from the list of printers and click -.
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.
259
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
260
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
Printing from Windows 10 Mobile Device
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
261
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using Wireless Direct)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print or scan by connecting the devices to the
printer directly.
Follow the procedure below to use Wireless Direct.
1. Preparing the printer.
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
2. Preparing a device to connect to the printer.
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
3. Printing/Scanning.
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time.
• Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.
Restrictions
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Device settings.
4. Select LAN settings.
5. Select Wireless Direct.
The Wireless Direct setting list screen appears.
6. Select Settings.
7. Select Enable/disable Wireless Direct.
262
8. Select ON.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Note
• To show the password, select Show password. To hide the password, select Hide password.
• The Wireless Direct setting list screen shows settings for when using the printer with Wireless
Direct.
Devices detect the printer by Network (SSID)/device name shown on the screen.
• The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you
are using, no password is required.
• When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name
displayed on the touch screen from your device.
• The identifier (SSID) and the security setting are specified automatically. To update them, see
below.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
1. Turn on Wi-Fi function on your device.
Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu.
For more on turning on Wi-Fi function, see your device's instruction manual.
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TS8300series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list
displayed on device.
Note
• If "DIRECT-XXXX-TS8300series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
3. Enter password.
Your device is connected to the printer.
Note
• Check the password for the Wireless Direct.
Check by one of the following methods.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
263
• Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device
to the printer via Wi-Fi. Enter the password specified for the printer.
• If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting
to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to
connect to the printer.
Make sure the name on the touch screen is the same as that of your wireless communication
device and select Yes.
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
After connecting a device and the printer, start printing/scanning from the application of your device.
Note
• For more on printing or scanning from a device via Wi-Fi, refer to the device's or application's
instruction manual.
• You can print/scan from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Download it from App Store and Google Play.
For iOS
For Android
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Device settings.
4. Select LAN settings.
The LAN settings screen appears.
Note
• To print network settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen.
5. Select Wireless Direct.
The Wireless Direct setting list screen appears. You can check the current Wireless Direct settings.
264
6. Select Settings.
7. Select a setting item.
• Change SSID/device name
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
1. Select the entry field.
2. Enter the identifier (SSID) (up to 32 characters) and select OK.
3. Select OK.
Selecting OK finishes specifying the identifier (SSID).
Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and the
password, select Yes. You can check the updated identifier (SSID)/password on the Wireless
Direct setting list screen.
• Change password
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
◦ Selecting Change manually displays the entry field.
Follow the procedure below to change the password.
1. Select the entry field.
2. Enter the password (up to 10 characters) and select OK.
3. Select OK.
Selecting OK finishes specifying the password.
◦ Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and
the password, select Yes. You can check the updated identifier (SSID)/password on the
Wireless Direct setting list screen.
• Connection request confirmation
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
265
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select Yes.
Important
• To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
the confirmation screen.
8. Tap
(HOME).
The HOME screen is displayed.
Note
• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the
device.
266
Printing Photo Data
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card Basic
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
267
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card
You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily.
This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Select photo print.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load photo paper.
3. Select
Print on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4. Select
Memory card.
The memory card print menus are displayed.
5. Select
Select photo print.
6. Insert memory card into card slot.
The photo selection screen is displayed.
Note
• When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo
selection screen is displayed.
• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Saved data is not of a supported type.
is displayed on the touch screen.
• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per
2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the
message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.
7. Specify settings as necessary.
• To select the photo to print:
Flick horizontally to select the photo.
You can also select the photo by tapping
or
268
.
You can print a copy of the displayed photo by tapping Color.
• To change the display method, the number of copies, or the print settings:
Tap
near the bottom of the displayed photo to display menus.
A: Total number of copies is displayed
When tapping, the Check total no. of copies screen is displayed and you can check the number
of copies for each photo. On the Check total no. of copies screen, you can change the number of
copies for each photo.
B: Specify the number of copies
Tap
or
to specify the number of copies.
Touch and hold to specify the number of copies by 10 copies.
You can also flick the number to specify.
269
Note
• You can specify the number of copies for each photo. Display the photo you want to print and
specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed.
C: Select to switch the photo group.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
D: Select to display the Settings screen.
You can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
E: Select to display two photos side-by-side.
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
270
F: Select to zoom in on the photo.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
G: Select display photo with specifying the date (last modified date of data).
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
H: Select to display the multiple photos at once.
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
8. Tap Color.
The printer starts printing.
Note
• Tap Stop to cancel printing.
271
• While processing the print job, you can add the print job (Reserve photo print).
Adding Print Job
Adding Print Job
You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos.
Follow the procedure below to add the print job.
1. Flick photo while printing to select next photo.
Note
• While you select the photo, the printer prints the reserved photos.
• The
reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job.
2. Specify number of copies and print settings for each photo.
Note
• While processing the print job, you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print
settings confirmation screen. The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the
print job.
3. Tap Color.
The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing.
If you want to print more photos, operate from step 1 again.
Note
• While processing the print job, you cannot display the HOME screen, change the print menu, or print
from the computer or other devices.
• While processing the print job, the photo in other group is not selected.
• If you tap Stop while processing the print job, the screen to select a method to cancel reservation is
displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel printing all photos. If you select
Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last printing job.
• If there are many print jobs, Cannot reserve more print jobs. Please wait a while and redo the
operation. may be displayed on the touch screen. In this case, wait a while and add the print job.
272
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the
memory card.
Print Settings Screen
How to display the print settings screen varies with the print menu.
• In Select photo print or Slide show:
The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings.
• In Trimming print:
The following screen is displayed before printing.
Setting Items
Flick vertically to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify
the setting.
Note
• Depending on the print menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the
setting items in Select photo print.
The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out or not displayed.
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If
the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected,
273
and Error details are displayed
on the touch screen. In this case, select
message and change the setting.
on the upper left on the touch screen to check the
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if another print menu is selected or
the printer is turned off.
You can specify the following setting items.
• Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
• Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
• Type (Media type)
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
• Print qlty (Print quality)
Select print quality according to the photo.
• Border (Bordered/Borderless print)
Select bordered or borderless print.
• Photo fix
When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the
most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight
brighter to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each
scene with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.
Note
• As a default, photos on the memory card are printed with auto correction applied.
• If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.
• Red-EyeCorrection
Corrects red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.
Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may
be corrected.
• Print date
Activates/deactivates to print the date (shooting date) on a photo.
Note
• The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Other device
settings under Device settings.
274
Other device settings
275
Disc Label Printing
Copying Label Side of Disc Basic
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label
276
Copying Label Side of Disc
You can copy the label of an existing BD/DVD/CD and print it on a printable disc.
Important
• You cannot print on 3.15 in. (8 cm) printable discs.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Copy on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Disc label copy.
4. Check message and select OK.
The print area setting screen is displayed.
5. Specify print area and select OK.
A: Specify the outer circle.
B: Specify the inner circle.
Note
• Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure
you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than
the measured value for the inner diameter.
• For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers.
6. Specify the amount of ink.
277
If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.
7. Follow on-screen instructions to load copy source BD/DVD/CD on platen and select OK.
The print setting confirmation screen is displayed.
Important
• Be sure to load the copy source BD/DVD/CD with its label side down on the center of the platen. If
you load it near the edge of the platen, part of the image may be cut off.
8. Open operation panel until horizontal.
9. After checking message, tap Black or Color.
10. Follow on-screen instructions to set printable disc.
278
Note
• You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by selecting How to set.
• For more on setting the printable disc:
Placing a Printable Disc
11. Select OK.
The printer starts copying.
Note
• Tap Stop to cancel copying.
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or
expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has
dried.
• If printing is misaligned, adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings
under Device settings.
Print settings
279
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label
You can print a photograph saved on a memory card onto the disc label of the printable disc.
Important
• You cannot print on 3.15 in. (8 cm) printable discs.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Print on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Memory card.
The memory card print menus are displayed.
4. Select
Print photos on disc label.
5. Insert memory card into card slot.
Note
• When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo
selection screen in Select photo print is displayed.
To display the HOME screen, tap
(HOME).
• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Saved data is not of a supported type.
is displayed on the touch screen.
• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per
2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the
message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.
6. Check message and select OK.
The print area setting screen is displayed.
7. Specify print area and select OK.
280
A: Specify the outer circle.
B: Specify the inner circle.
Note
• Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure
you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than
the measured value for the inner diameter.
• For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers.
8. Specify the amount of ink.
If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.
9. Select a photo you want to print.
Note
• Other Options
Using Useful Display Functions
10. Specify print area with trimming and select OK.
A: Drag to position the trimming frame.
B: Drag to set the trimming frame size.
11. Open operation panel until horizontal.
281
12. Check message and tap Color.
13. Follow on-screen instructions to set printable disc.
Note
• You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by selecting How to set.
• For more on setting the printable disc:
Placing a Printable Disc
14. Select OK.
The printer starts printing.
Note
• Tap Stop to cancel printing.
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or
expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has
dried.
• If printing is misaligned, adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings
under Device settings.
Print settings
282
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
Note
• The default display setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the
printer, when you print from Smartphone/tablet, when you print from Windows, and when you print from
macOS.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
After loading paper:
• When you close the feed slot cover:
The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.
If the page size on the touch screen matches the size of the paper loaded in the rear tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the setting in accordance with the size of the loaded paper.
283
• When you insert the cassette:
Paper size is detected and set automatically in the printer.
* You can load only plain paper in the cassette.
Important
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)
or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing/copying are different from the
paper information registered to the printer:
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing/copying: A5
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4
When you start printing/copying, a message is displayed and the paper setting specified for printing/
copying is shown under the message.
284
Check the message and select Next. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of
the operations below.
Note
• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select if you want to print/copy on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information registered
to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing/copying on the paper loaded in the rear tray or in the
cassette without changing the paper size setting for printing/copying.
Replace the paper and print
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the rear tray or in the cassette before you
start printing/copying.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper
information according to the paper that you loaded.
Note
• If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer, tap
screen to select the operation is displayed.
(Back) when the
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver
(Windows) or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing/copying. Change the paper settings
and try printing/copying again.
285
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
• When you print/copy using the operation panel of the printer or when you print from
smartphone/tablet:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
Feed settings
• When you print from Windows:
The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
• When you print from macOS:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Important
• When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
The printer starts printing/copying even though the paper settings for printing/copying and the paper
information registered to the printer are different.
286
Copying
Making Copies
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Basics
Two-Sided Copying
Special Copy Menu
Copying Using Smartphone or Tablet
287
Making Copies
This section describes the procedure to copy with Standard copy.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Select
Copy on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4. Select
Standard copy.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
5. Load original on platen.
6. Specify settings as necessary.
A: The copy layout is displayed.
Switch the layout from
(single-sided),
(2-on-1),
B: Specify the number of copies.
288
(two-sided).
Tap
or
to specify the number of copies.
If you keep touching here, the number scrolls by 10.
You can also flick the number to specify.
C: Display the print setting items.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Copying
D: Specify the page size and the media type.
7. Tap Black or Color.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen after copying is complete.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen until scanning is
completed.
Note
• To cancel copying, tap Stop.
Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy)
You can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
289
The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job.
Load the original on the platen and tap the same button (Color or Black) as the one which you previously
tapped.
Important
• When you load the original on the platen, move the document cover gently.
Note
• When Print qlty (print quality) is set High, you cannot add the copying job.
• When you add the copying job, the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media
type cannot be changed.
• If you tap Stop while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method to cancel
copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel copying all scanned data.
If you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last copying job.
• If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job, Cannot add more copy jobs.
Please wait a while and redo the operation. may appear on the touch screen. Select OK and wait
a while, and then try copying again.
• If Failed to reserve the copy job. Start over from the beginning. appears on the touch screen
when scanning, select OK and tap Stop to cancel copying. After that, copy the documents that have
not been finished copying.
290
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity.
Print Settings Screen
Note
• For more on the print settings screen or the setting item for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings in the Copy standby screen.
Example in Standard copy:
Preview
When Preview is displayed on the print settings screen, selecting Preview allows you to preview an
image of the printout on the preview screen.
For details, see below.
Displaying Preview Screen
Setting Items
Flick to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the
setting.
291
Note
• Depending on the copy menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the
setting items in Standard copy.
The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out.
For more on the setting items for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy
menu. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected,
screen. In this case, select
change the setting.
appears on the touch
on the upper left on the touch screen to check the message and
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if the printer is turned off.
• When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting, The specified
function is not available with current settings. is displayed on the touch screen. Change the
setting, following the on-screen instructions.
Following setting items can be changed.
• Intensity
Specify the intensity.
A: Select to activate/deactivate automatic intensity adjustment.
When ON is selected, the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on the
platen.
B: Drag to specify the intensity.
• Magnif. (Magnification)
Specify the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
• Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
292
• Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
• Type (Media type)
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
• Print qlty (Print quality)
Adjust print quality according to the original.
Important
• If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected, select
Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again.
• Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays
instead of black or white.
• Layout
Select the layout.
Copying Two Pages onto Single Page
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page
• 2-sidedPrintSetting
Select whether to perform two-sided copying.
Two-Sided Copying
293
Scanning
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning from Computer (macOS)
Scanning from Operation Panel
Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet
294
Scanning from Computer (macOS)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
295
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility
Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
296
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Use IJ Scan Utility Lite to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking
the corresponding icon.
Important
• The displayed items and available functions vary depending on your scanner or printer.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Lite Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
• For how to specify a folder, see Settings Dialog.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
297
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog.
298
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• This function is not supported depending on your model.
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main
screen, and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1. Check that scanner or printer is turned on.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
4. Click Auto.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog to set where to save the scanned images and to make advanced
scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
299
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
300
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
item in the Settings dialog.
Note
• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog, the same settings can be used for scanning from
the next time.
• In the Settings dialog, specify image processing settings such as slant correction, set where to
save the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document or Photo.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
301
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
302
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the
original.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
• Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) when opening/closing the
document cover. May result in unintended operation.
• When using a personal scanner in the upright position, the item type may not be detected automatically.
In that case, specify the item type in IJ Scan Utility and scan.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• Depending on your model, the function to scan by automatically detecting the item type and size
does not appear.
• When scanning by specifying the paper size, align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the
arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• If scanned by detecting the item type and size automatically, the response may differ. In that case,
adjust the cropping frame (selection box) manually.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)
or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area)
303
Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on
the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally
striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
• Inkjet All-In-One printer:
Important
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
For the portions in which items cannot be scanned, click Home to return to the top page of the
Online Manual for your model and search for
"Loading Originals."
• Personal scanner:
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between
items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot
be scanned.
For the portions in which items cannot be scanned, click Home to return to the top page of the
Online Manual for your model and search for
"Items You Can Place & How to Place Items."
: 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
• In IJ Scan Utility Lite, place up to 12 items.
• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are corrected automatically.
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Important
• Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF. May result in paper jam.
• Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents.
• For supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF, click Home to return to the top page of
the Online Manual for your model and search for "Supported Originals."
304
1. Make sure any original has been removed from platen.
2. Open document tray (A).
3. Slide the paper guides (B) all the way out.
4. Load document with side to scan facing up in document tray.
Insert the document until it stops.
5. Adjust document guide (B) to match width of document.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed
properly.
Note
• When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned correctly
if placed the other way around.
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
1. Place item on platen.
1. Open the document cover.
305
2. Place the item with the side to scan facing the platen, and then align it with the alignment
mark.
Important
• If you open the document cover wide, the scanner may fall over.
• Portions placed over (A) (0.094 inch (2.4 mm) from the left edge of the platen) or (B) (0.106 inch
(2.7 mm) from the front edge) cannot be scanned.
2. Gently close document cover.
While scanning, hold the document cover gently with your hand to keep it closed.
Important
• Keep these points in mind when using the scanner in the upright position.
Do not subject the scanner to vibration during operation. The correct image results may
not be obtained (for example, images may blur).
306
The item type may not be detected automatically. In that case, specify the item type in IJ
Scan Utility and scan.
307
Frequently Asked Questions
Network
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Print or Connect
For other questions about network, click here.
Print
Printer Does Not Print
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Cannot Print or Connect
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
Installation
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
Error
Solve Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in Touch Screen
Display on Touch Screen Is Off
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Printer Does Not Print
Copying/Printing Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printer Prints Slowly
Ink Does Not Come Out
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows)
308
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (macOS)
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
List of Support Code for Error
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (macOS)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Mechanical Problems
Installation and Download Problems
Errors and Messages
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
309
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Printer is Not Found by Printer Find Screen of Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
310
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
311
Network Communication Problems
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Network Connection Problems
Other Network Problems
312
Cannot Find Printer on Network
While performing printer setup:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup
(Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
While using printer:
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
313
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Setup (Windows)
If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by
Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen, click Redetect and search for the printer again by
the IP address on the Search for Printers screen.
If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.
Checking Power Status
Checking PC Network Connection
Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
Checking Wi-Fi Environment
Checking Printer's IP Address
Checking Security Software Settings
Checking Wireless Router Settings
314
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Power Status
Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on?
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Checking that Power Is On
Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on.
If printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer
Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If printer and network device are on:
If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.
If above does not solve the problem:
Checking PC Network Connection
315
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected
to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or
contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network
communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages, or if above does not solve the problem:
Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
316
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
Is printer set to allow wireless communication?
Make sure the
or
icon is displayed on the touch screen.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wireless communication. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If icon is displayed:
Checking Wi-Fi Environment
317
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Wi-Fi Environment
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the touch screen to make sure the printer is connected to the wireless router.
If
is displayed:
• Check wireless router configuration.
After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed far away from the
wireless router.
The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router indoors. Make sure the printer is close
enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be
impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with
the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth
as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from
interference sources as possible.
Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
• Check wireless router setting.
The printer and wireless router should be connected using 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth. Make sure
the wireless router for the printer's destination is configured to use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth.
318
Important
• Note that some wireless routers distinguish network names (SSIDs) by the last alphanumeric
character according to their bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or purpose (for computer or game
machine).
Check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router for the printer on the touch screen.
Select
(Setup) icon, Device settings, LAN settings, and Wi-Fi, and then check Network
name (SSID).
Note
• You can also check Network name (SSID) by selecting the icon on the lower left and selecting
Wi-Fi.
For details, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
After taking measures above, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the
printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If the printer cannot be detected, the printer is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the printer to
the wireless router.
After connecting the printer to the wireless router, set up the network communication from the beginning.
If
is displayed:
Checking Printer's IP Address
319
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's
IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to
display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
Checking Security Software Settings
320
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software Settings
Make sure the firewall does not interfere with setup.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between
the printer and your computer.
• If a firewall message appears:
If a firewall message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set
the security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network
communication.
• If no firewall message appears:
Temporarily disable the firewall and redo the network communication setup.
After the setup is complete, re-enable the firewall.
Note
• For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
If above does not solve the problem:
Checking Wireless Router Settings
321
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless Router Settings
Check wireless router settings.
Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering,
encryption key, and DHCP function.
Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the printer and the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or
contact the manufacturer.
In addition, make sure the wireless router you are using is configured to use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth.
Important
• Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a
bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine) using alphanumeric characters
at the end of network name (SSID).
After checking the wireless router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
322
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
• Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing UP. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
• For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
If the
icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.
3. Turn on printer.
Check3
If you cannot resolve problem, follow procedure below to reinstall printer driver.
1. Finish setup
2. Turn off printer.
323
3. Restart computer.
4. Make sure you have no application software running.
5. Click here and perform setup.
324
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check1
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check the
Check2
If the
(Network status) icon on the touch screen.
icon is displayed, or only the
icon is displayed, wireless LAN is disabled.
Select LAN settings > Wi-Fi > Settings > in this order, and select Enable for Enable/disable Wi-Fi.
If the
icon is displayed, see Check 3 or later checking items to make sure whether printer setup is
complete or the settings of wireless router to connect are correct.
Make sure printer setup is complete on the computer.
Check3
If it is not, click here and perform setup.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check4
Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
325
Note
• Use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID) set
for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the network name (SSID) set for the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
Check5
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Check6
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
326
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
• If you use a smartphone or tablet, make sure the Wi-Fi is enabled on the device.
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
Check8
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check9
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
Check10
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
327
Network Connection Problems
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router
Settings
328
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Print/Scan through Network
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
Check1
• Turn on the printer or devices.
• If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
• It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure your computer is connected to the wireless router properly.
For more on checking computer settings or connection status, see the instruction manual supplied with the
computer or contact the manufacturer.
Check3
Use the
router. If the
Check4
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
icon on the touch screen to check the connection status between the printer and wireless
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
329
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
• Use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID)
set for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
Check5
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Check6
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
330
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7
Make sure of the Wi-Fi channel numbers used for your computer.
You need to have the same Wi-Fi channel number that you are using for the wireless router as your computer.
It is normally set in the way that you can use all the Wi-Fi channels. However, when the channels that you are
using are restricted, the Wi-Fi channels do not match.
See the instruction manual provided with your computer and check the Wi-Fi channel number available for
your computer.
Check8
Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in
Check 7.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.
Check9
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some
programs use a firewall by default.
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you
use alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
Check10
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
• Positioning:
Make sure there are no obstacles between the printer and the wireless router.
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Check1
Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
331
Check2
Is the
icon displayed on the touch screen?
If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.
Check3
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check7
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Cannot Print/Scan through Network
332
Check1
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual
or contact its manufacturer.
Check2
If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. (Windows)
Click here and install the MP Drivers.
Check3
Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
• To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
333
Network Key (Password) Unknown
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Setting an Encryption Key
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
334
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is
compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.
• Using WPA/WPA2 (Windows)
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
Note
• This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2Personal).
• Using WEP
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the
wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
To communicate with a wireless router that generates a password automatically, you must set the
printer to use the password generated by the wireless router.
◦ For Windows:
When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings (Wi-Fi)
screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set the password
length, format, and the password to use.
For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Note
• If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless
Security of AirPort Utility.
Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for password length in AirPort Base Station.
Select 1 for the password to use. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with
printer via the wireless router.
335
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer according to the replaced one.
Click here and perform setup.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1
Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
Check2
336
If using WPA/WPA2 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
Check3
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
337
Other Network Problems
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
338
Checking Network Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
• For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
• For macOS:
1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
339
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.
3. Click TCP/IP to check the IP address, or click Hardware to check the MAC address.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
• For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. Type the ping command and press Enter.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
• For macOS:
1. Start Network Utility as shown below.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2. Click Ping.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.
4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network
address to ping.
5. Click Ping.
340
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics --3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If "100% packet loss" appears, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is
communicating with target device.
Checking Network Setting Information
To check the printer's network settings information, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
341
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Important
• Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing or scanning operation from a
computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the
factory defaults, click here and redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset setting
342
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
343
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
Check1
• Turn on the printer or devices.
• If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
• It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3
Use the
router. If the
Check4
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
icon on the touch screen to check the connection status between the printer and wireless
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Are network settings of printer identical with those of wireless router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
344
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5
Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless
router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Check7
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
345
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1
Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2
Is the
icon displayed on the touch screen?
If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.
Check3
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
346
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check7
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
347
Printing Problems
Printer Does Not Print
Ink Does Not Come Out
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
348
Printer Does Not Print
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
• If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check2
Make sure that the paper output tray is at the normal print position.
When you do not use the multi-purpose tray, pull the paper output tray out to the front side until it stops and
select OK on the touch screen.
Check3
Make sure that the cassette is correctly inserted.
If there is an object under the printer, the cassette cannot be correctly inserted and paper may not be correctly
fed.
Make sure there are no objects under the printer and push the cassette flatly into the printer until it stops.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Check4
When using rear tray, make sure feed slot cover is closed.
When the feed slot cover is open, paper may not be fed.
Close the feed slot cover and check if no message appears on the touch screen.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Check5
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
349
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray or cassette.
Check6
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray or the cassette, an error message appears
on the touch screen. Follow the instructions on the touch screen to solve the problem.
Note
• You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check7
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
• For Windows:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
• For macOS:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check8
Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
350
• For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
• If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
selected by default.
• For macOS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
• If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check9
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check10
If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
351
Ink Does Not Come Out
Check1
Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the ink tanks.
Check the ink status on the touch screen.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
Check2
Are the orange tape and plastic wrap still on the ink tank?
Make sure all the protective plastic wrap is peeled off to expose the Y-vent area, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
• If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
• If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform
print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it from the power
supply.
• If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
352
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check1
Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2
When loading paper, consider the following.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
• Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
• When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper
guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
• When you load the paper on the cassette, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right/left/front
paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4
When loading envelopes, consider the following.
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5
Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check6
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
353
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
Note
• If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.
Check7
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8
If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of
cassette.
Cleaning Cassette Pads
Check9
Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly?
See Rear View for the positions of the transport unit cover and the rear cover.
354
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
355
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Check1
Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and select OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check2
Is printable disc placed on multi-purpose tray?
Place the printable disc on the multi-purpose tray properly and select OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check3
Has time elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray?
If a certain period of time has elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray, it may be ejected.
Follow the instructions on the touch screen and try the operation again.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Check1
Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and select OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check2
Unrecognizable printable disc may be placed.
Canon recommends that you use printable discs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer.
356
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Pull out the multi-purpose tray gently.
If the multi-purpose tray cannot be pulled out, cycle the power switch. The multi-purpose tray will
automatically be ejected.
When the multi-purpose tray is pulled out, place the multi-purpose tray again and retry printing. For more
on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
If the multi-purpose tray is still jammed, check if there is a problem with the printable disc.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
357
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
• Copying/Printing from memory card
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
• Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
• Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device
Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device or using the operation panel.
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
PictBridge settings
• Printing from your smartphone/tablet using Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Check the settings on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
358
Note
• When printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the operation
panel.
This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Check3
If problem is not resolved, check also the sections below.
See also the sections below:
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Vertical Line Next to Image
Cannot Complete Printing
Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Ink Blots / Paper Curl
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Uneven or Streaked Colors
359
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/
Streaks or Lines
Printing Is Blurry
Colors Are Wrong
360
White Streaks Appear
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Check3
Are the orange tape and plastic wrap still on the ink tank?
Make sure all the protective plastic wrap is peeled off to expose the Y-vent area, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check4
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
• If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
361
• If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform
print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it from the power
supply.
• If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Check5
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up. When you load paper in the
cassette, load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
• When copying, see also the sections below:
Check6
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7
Make sure original is properly loaded on platen.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
Loading Originals
Check8
Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
362
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Check paper and print quality settings.
Check1
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Perform print head alignment.
Check2
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
For macOS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
Check3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
363
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
Smudged Edges
Smudged Surface
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.
Supported Media Types
Check3
Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
• Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
• Other Paper such as envelope
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
364
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
2. Check that paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper. If
you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
• From operation panel
Tap the HOME button, select
(Setup) icon, Device settings, and Print settings, and then set
Prevent paper abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
365
• From computer (Windows):
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.
4. Select Prevents paper abrasion check box and select OK.
5. Check message and select OK.
• From computer (macOS):
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
Check5
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
• Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the brightness setting in the printer driver.
Adjusting Brightness
• Copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check6
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8
Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
366
Note
• To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
Check9
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
• For Windows:
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.
4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and select OK.
5. Check message and select OK.
• For macOS:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
367
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check
Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, vertical lines (A) may appear in the left margin or the
both margin.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
• The direction or pattern of the vertical lines (A) may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
• This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
368
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Scanning Problems
369
Scanning Problems
Scanner Does Not Work
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
370
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Check that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 3
With USB connection, connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
computer.
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4
Check 5
Restart the computer.
To scan from the printer's operation panel with USB connection, click Scanfrom-Operation-Panel Settings in the Settings (General Settings) dialog, and then
check that the following checkboxes are selected.
Check 6
• Your scanner or printer
• Enables scanning from the operation panel
371
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure the application software supports AirPrint.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility Lite and open the files in your
application.
Check 3
Check 4
Your scanner may be locked. (Personal scanners only)
If IJ Scan Utility Lite or the application is running, exit it. Slide the scanner lock switch to the release position
(
), then reconnect the USB cable.
372
Error Message Is Displayed
Check
Your scanner may be locked.
If IJ Scan Utility Lite or the application is running, exit it. Slide the scanner lock switch to the release position
(
), then reconnect the USB cable.
Refer to the printed manual: Getting Started for how to unlock the scanner.
373
Scanning Does Not Start / Scanning Does Not Complete
Check
Your scanner may be locked.
If IJ Scan Utility Lite or the application is running, exit it. Slide the scanner lock switch to the release position
(
), then reconnect the USB cable.
Refer to the printed manual: Getting Started for how to unlock the scanner.
374
Items Cannot Be Scanned Correctly
Check
Your scanner may be locked.
If IJ Scan Utility Lite or the application is running, exit it. Slide the scanner lock switch to the release position
(
), then reconnect the USB cable.
Refer to the printed manual: Getting Started for how to unlock the scanner.
375
Mechanical Problems
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Wrong Language Appears in Touch Screen
376
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check1
Press ON button.
Check2
Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
377
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
• To disable the setting from the operation panel:
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on Home screen.
3. Select
ECO.
4. Select Energy saving settings.
5. Check displayed message and select Next.
6. Select Auto power off.
7. Select Never.
8. Select OK.
The setting is disabled.
• To disable the setting from the computer:
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
2. Select Auto Power Settings.
3. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.
378
4. Select OK.
5. Select OK on the displayed screen.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
• Refer to below to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).
Scanner Tab
379
USB Connection Problems
Make sure of the checking item below when you find one of the followings.
• Printing or scanning is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of
USB 1.1. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to
the communication speed.
Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed USB
connection.
Check
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
• Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
• Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and obtain and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
• For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
380
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check2
Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
• Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing UP. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
Check3
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
381
Wrong Language Appears in Touch Screen
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1. Tap HOME button and wait a little.
2. Select
(Setup).
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
.
4. Select seventh setting item from top.
5. Select a language for touch screen.
6. Select button on lower left.
382
Installation and Download Problems
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
383
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
Other cases:
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Other cases:
If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then
reinstall the MP Drivers.
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Click here and install the MP Drivers.
Note
• If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you
may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers.
384
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers.
Download the latest MP Drivers for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that
you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with Wi-Fi
connection. The printer is detected automatically in the network.
Make sure the printer was found, and install the MP Drivers following the on-screen instructions.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
385
Errors and Messages
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
386
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When an error occurs, a message is displayed on the computer or on the printer. For some errors, a support
code (error number) is also displayed.
When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer
screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the printer
(touch screen):
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Code for Error.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
387
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the messages that may appear.
Note
• A support code (error number) is displayed for some errors. For details on errors that have support
code, see List of Support Code for Error.
If a message appears on the printer's touch screen, see below.
Message Appears on Touch Screen
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Appears on Touch Screen
Check the message and take an appropriate action.
• Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the
button when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Select OK on the touch screen to cancel the error.
Note
• See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
• Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Select OK on the touch screen to cancel the error and try again after a while.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Check
See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
388
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed
(Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer for unplugging the power cord.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3
Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Check4
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
Note
• If the User Account Control screen appears, select Continue.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.
389
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
• If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is
correctly connected to the computer.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
• "Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
• "Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
390
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on the touch screen and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the touch screen and computer screen and take
the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Touch Screen and Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1001 1002 1003 1013
1200 1240 1258 1259 1300 1303
1304 1309 1310 1313 1401 1403
1405 140B 1410 1411 1412 1413
1414 1415 1551 1552 15A1 15A2
1600 1660 1684 1688 1689 168C
1700 1701 1730 1731 1830 1850
1851 1855 1857 185B 185C 185D
1871 1890
• 2000 to 2ZZZ
2110 2113 2114 2120 2123 2500
2700
• 3000 to 3ZZZ
3402 3403 3405 3407 3408 3410
3411 3412 3413 3438 3439 3440
3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446
3447
• 4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4103 4104 410A 495A
391
• 5000 to 5ZZZ
5011 5012 5050 5100 5200 520E
5400 5700 5B00 5B01 5C02
• 6000 to 6ZZZ
6000 6001 6004 6500 6502 6800
6801 6830 6831 6832 6833 6900
6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931
6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937
6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944
6945 6946 6951 6A80 6A81 6D01
• 7000 to 7ZZZ
7500 7600 7700 7800
• 8000 to 8ZZZ
8300
• A000 to ZZZZ
C000
For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
392
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
1300
• If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
◦ If the paper fed from the cassette is jammed:
1303
◦ If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing:
1304
◦ If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper:
1313
◦ If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed
inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• Cases other than above:
Other Cases
393
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.
What to Do
If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed, remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or from
the rear tray following the instructions below.
1. Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
be ejected automatically.
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap
Stop to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot or from the rear tray, try to pull the
paper out from the rear side of the printer.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
2. Reload paper and select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the
printing.
394
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
395
1303
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from cassette.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the paper is jammed at the feed slot of the cassette:
After storing the paper output tray and the paper output support, pull out the cassette and
remove the jammed paper slowly with both hands.
• If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear
cover and to remove the paper.
2. Load paper in cassette properly.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
396
1304
Cause
Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the paper is jammed at the feed slot of the cassette:
After storing the paper output tray and the paper output support, pull out the cassette and
remove the jammed paper slowly with both hands.
• If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear
cover and to remove the paper.
2. Load paper properly.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
3. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
397
1313
Cause
Paper is jammed as printer pulled in printed paper.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper, try to remove the paper from the following
locations.
• Paper output slot
1300
• Inside of the printer
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• Rear side
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
398
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot / the feed slot of the
cassette / the rear tray, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the
instructions below.
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop on
the touch screen to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1. Turn off the printer and unplug it.
2. Open scanning unit / cover.
Important
• Do not touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
3. Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far
right or left.
399
4. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees.
6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
400
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
• Any paper left under the print head holder?
• Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
• Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (B) in the printer?
7. Close scanning unit / cover gently.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, and then take it down gently.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. If a
paper jam message appears on the touch screen or on your computer screen when you resume
printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the printer.
Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
401
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop on
the touch screen to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1. Make sure you have unplugged the power cord.
2. Rotate printer so that rear side of printer faces toward you.
3. Open rear tray cover and then pull up paper support.
4. Detach rear cover.
Pull out the rear cover.
402
5. Slowly pull out paper.
Note
• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
If you were not able to remove the paper in this step, detach the transport unit cover and remove the
paper by following these steps.
1. Detach transport unit cover.
Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it.
403
2. Slowly pull out paper.
Note
• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
3. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
4. Attach transport unit cover.
Insert the transport unit cover slowly all the way into printer and take down the transport unit cover.
404
6. Attach rear cover.
Insert the projections of the right side of the rear cover into the printer, and then push the left side of the
rear cover until it is closed completely.
The print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
405
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
406
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the rear tray.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
• Align the paper guides of the rear tray with the both edges of the paper.
• Set paper information for the paper in the rear tray.
Paper Settings
After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.
Note
• After loading paper in the rear tray, close the feed slot cover.
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
407
Paper is Not in the Cassette (1003)
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the cassette.
• Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Note
• The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source. The loadable paper in the cassette is
A4, Letter, A5, or B5 size plain paper.
• Load two sheets of A4/Letter-size plain paper in the cassette before aligning the print head.
• Align the paper guides of the cassette with the edges of the paper.
After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.
Note
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
However, if you are printing a print head alignment sheet during printer setup, do not cancel printing.
408
1013
Cause
Multi-purpose tray compatible media is not set on multi-purpose tray, or the media position is misaligned.
What to Do
Remove the multi-purpose tray, place the multi-purpose tray compatible media properly, and then attach
the multi-purpose tray to the printer.
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Then select OK on the touch screen.
Important
• When you print on multi-purpose tray compatible media, use the supplied multi-purpose tray.
Note
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
409
1200
Cause
Scanning unit / cover is open.
What to Do
Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing ink tanks.
410
1401
Cause
Print head may be damaged.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
411
1600
Cause
Ink may have run out.
What to Do
Replacing the ink tank is recommended.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, tap OK on the printer with the ink tank installed.
Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The printer may be
damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
412
1660
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Printing cannot be performed because the ink tank is not installed or is not compatible with this printer.
Check the ink tank.
If you want to cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer.
413
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit / cover.
Printing under the current condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the
remaining ink level. Touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation
of printing under the ink out condition.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on
the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.
414
1689
Cause
Printer detected ink out condition.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit / cover.
An ink tank that was once empty is installed.
Printing under the ink out condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To
disable this function, touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing
under the ink out condition or by using refilled ink tanks.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on
the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.
415
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Select OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request
a repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
416
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890)
Cause
Tape for securing print head holder during transportation may still be attached.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure the tape for securing the print head holder during
transportation has been removed.
If the tape is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the
instructions.
417
2110
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match cassette paper information set on printer.
Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the copy paper settings to match cassette paper information set on the printer.
• See below for details on cassette paper information set on the printer.
Paper Settings
If the print or copy paper settings do not match cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown
below, a message appears on the touch screen.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
• Cassette paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
What to Do
Select Next on the touch screen to display the screen below.
418
Select the appropriate action.
Note
• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette without changing the paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4, the
A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the cassette.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4,
change the paper in the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
After exchanging the paper and inserting the cassette, the paper information is automatically
registered in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the cassette, tap
(Back)
on the touch screen. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or
on the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in
the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
419
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the
printer:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
420
2113
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match either rear tray or cassette paper information set on
printer.
Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the copy paper settings to match rear tray or cassette paper information set on the
printer.
• See below for details on rear tray or cassette paper information set on the printer.
Paper Settings
If the paper source is set to automatically switch and the print or copy paper settings do not match either
rear tray or cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown below, a message appears on the
touch screen.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
• Rear tray and cassette paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
What to Do
Select Next on the touch screen to display the screen below.
421
Select the appropriate action.
Note
• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray or the cassette without changing the
paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray and cassette paper information are
set to A4, the A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray and cassette paper information are
set to A4, change the paper in the rear tray or the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or
copying.
After changing the paper, if the paper information registration screen appears, register the paper
information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the rear tray / cassette, tap
(Back) on the touch screen. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or
on the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
422
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in
the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the
printer:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
423
2114
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match rear tray paper information set on printer.
Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the copy paper settings to match rear tray paper information set on the printer.
• See below for details on rear tray paper information set on the printer.
Paper Settings
If the print or copy paper settings do not match rear tray paper information set on the printer, as shown
below, a message appears on the touch screen.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
• Rear tray paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
What to Do
Select Next on the touch screen to display the screen below.
424
Select the appropriate action.
Note
• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray without changing the paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray paper information is set to A4, the
A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray paper information is set to A4,
change the paper in the rear tray to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
After changing the paper and closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for
the rear tray appears. Register the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the rear tray, tap
(Back)
on the touch screen. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or
on the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in
the rear tray regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
425
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the
printer:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
426
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Tap Stop on the touch screen to cancel printing.
Then change the print settings and retry printing.
427
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
428
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
429
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, tap Stop on the touch screen to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during
transportation, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
• Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.
Press ink tanks until they click into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
430
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
431
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
432
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
433
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
434
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising